(3869,16,'2011-07-13 09:44:53','2011-07-13 09:44:53','','jojo2','','inherit','open','open','','jojo2','','','2011-07-13 09:44:53','2011-07-13 09:44:53','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3870,16,'2011-07-13 09:44:58','2011-07-13 09:44:58','','jojo3','','inherit','open','open','','jojo3','','','2011-07-13 09:44:58','2011-07-13 09:44:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/jojo3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4305,14,'2011-07-30 15:10:11','2011-07-30 15:10:11','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToast\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toast\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\r\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\r\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\r\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\r\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n&amp;nsbp;\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\r\n\r\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\r\n\r\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-7','','','2011-07-30 15:10:11','2011-07-30 15:10:11','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` VALUES (4304,14,'2011-07-30 15:08:13','2011-07-30 15:08:13','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToast\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toast\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\r\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\r\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\r\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\r\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n&amp;nsbp;\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\r\n\r\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\r\n\r\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n&gt;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-6','','','2011-07-30 15:08:13','2011-07-30 15:08:13','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4307,14,'2011-07-30 15:13:53','2011-07-30 15:13:53','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToast\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toast\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\n\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\n\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\n\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 3.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-9','','','2011-07-30 15:13:53','2011-07-30 15:13:53','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4302,14,'2011-07-30 15:04:30','2011-07-30 15:04:30','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToast\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toast\" width=\"500\" height=\"251\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\r\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\r\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\r\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\r\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n&amp;nsbp;\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\r\n\r\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\r\n\r\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n&gt;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-4','','','2011-07-30 15:04:30','2011-07-30 15:04:30','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4297,14,'2011-07-29 16:36:55','2011-07-29 16:36:55','Hey check it out...we\'ve got a new series of iPhoneographer interviews just for you! Here is Miss Pixels, a budding iPhoneographer and illustrator from Canada.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels1.jpg\" ]\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography.</h4>\r\nI am a freelance illustrator and art director. Since I have a bachelor\'s degree in Visual Arts and Graphic Design, I have always been inclined to trying out new technologies, especially when these technologies enable me to create. In 2009, I bought my first iPhone and it was love at first sight: I had finally found a medium combining my passion for technology with my thirst for creativity!\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\nI had a few traditional photography university courses, but this medium didn\'t really fit with my upbeat personality; I also had trouble being spontaneous while using it and was intimidated by its technical aspects. Contrary to traditional photography, iPhoneography allows me to be spontaneous wherever I am and whatever the occasion, without having to worry about my technique since this device has limitations. In short, I quickly abandoned all the more traditional cameras to concentrate on this new medium, which is the only one I bring when travelling.\r\n<h4>Do you feel you have an iphoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\nDo I have an iPhoneography style? Yes. My color palette is by definition very expressive and gets people\'s attention. Moreover, I tend to overuse the numerical noise and the grain in an exponential way. My iPhoneographies are also featured in themed series. I think all these elements contribute to my uniqueness, making my pictures different from those taken with conventional mobile devices. If I had to put a label on my style, I would have to call it \"Vivacity 2.0\"!\r\n<h4>Do you think it\'s important to have an iphoneography style?</h4>\r\nI believe an artist has by definition a style, as he does a personality. It\'s what enables him to propel his creativity field with such strength. The main difference between an artist and an amateur is his ability to create signature visual concepts in a unique language.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels.jpg\" ]\r\n<h4>What would you recommend a beginner iphoneographer do to easily get into the move and learn the craft?</h4>\r\nAs many might concur, joining the social media movement is by far the best way to integrate the iPhoneography community. Attending events and taking part in conversations with people sharing your interests will definitely generate reactions and bring attention to your work.\r\n<h4>What specific tips and tricks (3 to 4), would you share with wannabe iphoneographers? The apps you use and in what combination, if you use several apps to get what you want with one photo? For instance, do you shoot, edit and share with the same app or with different apps or with just one app? In any case, please say why.</h4>\r\nTip 1 – Always ask yourself whether or not your image is quality worthy of the best before posting it online. The image might seem interesting to you due to the context it was taken in, but might not be of interest to others. For example, it takes great humility to recognize that your cat\'s picture, as cute as it may be, might not entertain someone who has seen 800 pictures just like it. Your main challenge will be to make your cat\'s picture unique and original!\r\n\r\nTip 2 – The basics apps I use are <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/fx-photo-studio/id312506856?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">FX Photo Studio</a>, <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/tiltshift-generator-fake-miniature/id327716311?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">TiltShif</a>t and <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge/id314173066?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">PhotoForge</a>. What I like best about FX Photo Studio is the fact that I can save my multi-filter recipe, thus making sure the images in my series have the same graphic signature.\r\n\r\nTip 3 – When I want to put emphasis on a certain effect, I process the image several times in the same app, saving the image and then reopening it again. A simple but effective way of doubling or tripling the desired effect!\r\n\r\nCheck out more of Miss Pixels’ iPhoneography at <a href=\"http://www.misspixels.com/\" target=\"_blank\">MissPixels</a>.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"499\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Miss Pixels\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/MissPixels2.jpg\" ]','iPhoneography with Mixx Pixels','','inherit','open','open','','4286-revision-4','','','2011-07-29 16:36:55','2011-07-29 16:36:55','',4286,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4286-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4281,16,'2011-07-28 13:27:49','2011-07-28 13:27:49','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done...with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-11','','','2011-07-28 13:27:49','2011-07-28 13:27:49','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4752,16,'2011-08-15 08:00:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Get Fantastic Family Photos - http://tinyurl.com/3gacrb6','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-15 08:00:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4752',0,'tweet','',0),(4753,14,'2011-08-16 08:04:42','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Perfect Photo App – Well-Rounded Simple Editing! - http://tinyurl.com/3q9nfbu','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-16 08:04:42','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4753',0,'tweet','',0),(4754,5,'2011-08-10 00:01:07','2011-08-10 00:01:07','Family portraits…they are a changin’! Gone are the days that we are getting the whole family together dressed in their Sunday best to sit still for three hours while little Jimmy turns his head another 20° to the left, and then another 30° back to the right. As photographic trends are changing most families are opting for more casual, personality-driven photos that really represent the individuality and style of the family.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Family Portrait, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/paulys_pics/2563319758/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"513\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FamilyPic1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Family Portrait</em>\r\nPhoto by Paul Lender: LeftofCenterPhoto.com	\r\n</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\n<h3>Here’s a few ideas to make your family portraits a little bit more modern:</h3> \r\n\r\n<h3>Shoot Inside Your Home</h3> \r\n\r\nHome is where the heart is right? More and more families are having their photos taken at home to show the family in their own surroundings. This is also a great way to get casual, comfortable photos of your family “in their element”. Just find a nice place in your house, or even outside in the yard or garden. Natural lighting is important for casual family photographs, and photos taken indoors by a window with good light with give a soft, “homely” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Be Candid</h3>\r\n\r\nWe already know that families are moving away from the stiffly posed photos of yesteryear and opting for more candid, “real” photos. Try to plan activities for the whole family to get involved in, creating a fun, relaxed scenario. Opt for places that are meaningful to the family, and interact with each other in a comfortable, casual, light-hearted manor. Someone in the family is sure to know a good joke! \r\n\r\n<h3>Dress Casually</h3> \r\n\r\nIt’s become a little bit more modern to dress the family in casual, everyday clothing that is complimentary rather than all family members wearing the same thing. That’s not to say you should let everyone choose their own clothes, as your young son might turn up in his Superman pajamas and your daughter in her favorite princess dress, but allowing each family member a little bit of individuality in their clothing will mean they are ultimately more comfortable and at ease in the photograph. Try coordinating clothes with a few common elements or colors for a polished, “together” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Use The Environment</h3> \r\n\r\nThe environment around your house or your city is a great backdrop for casual family photos. Urban environments provide interest and quirky style, where outdoor environments provide a softer, more natural style. If you opt for a cityscape look for interesting stairwells, brick walls, train tracks, secret passages, and fun sculptures to set up your photo. If you’re going for an outdoor shoot in natural surroundings, open grassy fields, interesting trees, sandy or rocky beaches and small hills to climb make great backdrops. Also think about bringing a few props, maybe a parasol, hats, sunglasses, or something small to sit on – a few simple props will go a long way! \r\n\r\nGetting modern, casual family photographs doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. With a little bit of planning and creativity, you can get great shots that reflect your family’s style and individuality. Finally, work with a photographer that whom you feel comfortable and at ease with, and show them the type of photos you would like before committing! \r\n','Get Fantastic Family Photos','','inherit','open','open','','4549-revision-7','','','2011-08-10 00:01:07','2011-08-10 00:01:07','',4549,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4549-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4107,5,'2011-07-23 04:50:30','2011-07-23 04:50:30','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine.jpg\"><img title=\"Pictarine\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine.jpg\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"330\" height=\"216\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"This is the Pictarine Web App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine_logo.jpg\" alt=\"Pictarine App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPICTARINE is a great photo sharing website that helps users organize their shared photos scattered online by bringing them into one place. It’s very helpful, easy-to-use, and best of all, it is absolutely yours for free! Who wouldn’t like that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Founded in 2009 by Guillaume Martin and Maxime Rafalimanana</li>\r\n	<li>Connect through Picasa, Flickr, or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Also integrated with Instagram and Twitter (TwitPic, Yfrog, and Lockerz)</li>\r\n	<li>“Zests” feature that enables users to create albums from photos posted in their social networking sites, photos stored in their computer, and those from friends’ albums, and share it to your friends through Facebook or email.</li>\r\n	<li>Access and manage all photos through a single account</li>\r\n	<li>Allows posting comments on images</li>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Organized layout</li>\r\n	<li>Very user-friendly as menu options and controls are fairly easy to understand.</li>\r\n	<li>Sharing and downloading photos is very fast and convenient</li>\r\n	<li>Photos taken via mobile phones and DSLR can be added too</li>\r\n	<li>Enables users can choose whom to share their photos to</li>\r\n	<li>Supports photo tagging</li>\r\n	<li>Users can view their friends’ photos posted in social networking sites</li>\r\n	<li>Does not cost a dime – it’s free!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Simple, but maybe too overly simple for some in terms of feature set.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Proud beginner\r\n Amateur hobbyist\r\n Advanced users\r\n Professional editors\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPICTARINE is for everyone. Whether you are a newbie, amateur, or pro, this photo sharing solution is right for you, so long as you are someone who is itching to have a site that can help you manage your photos on multiple social networking accounts.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Time-efficiency and convenience - that is what PICTARINE brings in to the table. It may not sound very ground-breaking to others but the fact that it helps you to be on top of the photos you share online makes it an app that is worthy of your consideration.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nWith PICTARINE, gone are the days when people have to jump from one social networking account to another – say from Facebook to Flickr – when sharing pictures with their friends and families.\r\n\r\nAll they have to do is register for an account with PICTARINE, add their accounts with Facebook, Flickr, or any other supported social networking sites, allow authorization to link your accounts to Pictarine, and then voila! You can now enjoy all the bells and whistles Pictarine offers. Your photo albums are now aggregated into one location so you can easily manage your photos across all social networking sites you are subscribed to. You can also download and upload photos in just a single click!\r\n\r\nSince it makes all the photo managing work a lot easier for its users, we recommend you to try this out!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Pictarine: Share all your photos, in one cool place!','','inherit','open','open','','4095-revision-10','','','2011-07-23 04:50:30','2011-07-23 04:50:30','',4095,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4095-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4106,14,'2011-07-23 04:47:21','2011-07-23 04:47:21','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine.jpg\"><img title=\"Pictarine\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine.jpg\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"330\" height=\"216\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"This is the Pictarine Web App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Pictarine_logo.jpg\" alt=\"Pictarine App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPICTARINE is a great photo sharing website that helps users organize their shared photos scattered online by bringing them into one place. It’s very helpful, easy-to-use, and best of all, it is absolutely yours for free! Who wouldn’t like that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Founded in 2009 by Guillaume Martin and Maxime Rafalimanana</li>\r\n	<li>Connect through Picasa, Flickr, or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Also integrated with Instagram and Twitter (TwitPic, Yfrog, and Lockerz)</li>\r\n	<li>“Zests” feature that enables users to create albums from photos posted in their social networking sites, photos stored in their computer, and those from friends’ albums, and share it to your friends through Facebook or email.</li>\r\n	<li>Access and manage all photos through a single account</li>\r\n	<li>Allows posting comments on images</li>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Organized layout</li>\r\n	<li>Very user-friendly as menu options and controls are fairly easy to understand.</li>\r\n	<li>Sharing and downloading photos is very fast and convenient</li>\r\n	<li>Photos taken via mobile phones and DSLR can be added too</li>\r\n	<li>Enables users can choose whom to share their photos to</li>\r\n	<li>Supports photo tagging</li>\r\n	<li>Users can view their friends’ photos posted in social networking sites</li>\r\n	<li>Does not cost a dime – it’s free!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Simple, but maybe too overly simple for some in terms of feature set.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Proud beginner\r\n Amateur hobbyist\r\n Advanced users\r\n Professional editors\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPICTARINE is for everyone. Whether you are a newbie, amateur, or pro, this photo sharing solution is right for you, so long as you are someone who is itching to have a site that can help you manage your photos on multiple social networking accounts.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Time-efficiency and convenience - that is what PICTARINE brings in to the table. It may not sound very ground-breaking to others but the fact that it helps you to be on top of the photos you share online makes it an app that is worthy of your consideration.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nWith PICTARINE, gone are the days when people have to jump from one social networking account to another – say from Facebook to Flickr – when sharing pictures with their friends and families.\r\n\r\nAll they have to do is register for an account with PICTARINE, add their accounts with Facebook, Flickr, or any other supported social networking sites, allow authorization to link your accounts to Pictarine, and then voila! You can now enjoy all the bells and whistles Pictarine offers. Your photo albums are now aggregated into one location so you can easily manage your photos across all social networking sites you are subscribed to. You can also download and upload photos in just a single click!\r\n\r\nSince it makes all the photo managing work a lot easier for its users, we recommend you to try this out!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Pictarine: Share all your photos, in one cool place!','','inherit','open','open','','4095-revision-9','','','2011-07-23 04:47:21','2011-07-23 04:47:21','',4095,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4095-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(3957,5,'2011-08-31 16:51:09','0000-00-00 00:00:00','','All posts','','draft','open','open','','','','','2011-08-31 16:51:09','2011-08-31 16:51:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?page_id=3957',0,'page','',0),(3958,5,'2011-07-19 16:28:16','2011-07-19 16:28:16','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision','','','2011-07-19 16:28:16','2011-07-19 16:28:16','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(3959,5,'2011-07-19 16:29:05','2011-07-19 16:29:05','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-2','','','2011-07-19 16:29:05','2011-07-19 16:29:05','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(3960,5,'2011-07-19 16:30:16','2011-07-19 16:30:16','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-3','','','2011-07-19 16:30:16','2011-07-19 16:30:16','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(3961,5,'2011-07-19 16:31:48','2011-07-19 16:31:48','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-4','','','2011-07-19 16:31:48','2011-07-19 16:31:48','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(3962,5,'2011-07-19 16:33:54','2011-07-19 16:33:54','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-5','','','2011-07-19 16:33:54','2011-07-19 16:33:54','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(3963,5,'2011-07-19 16:39:50','2011-07-19 16:39:50','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-6','','','2011-07-19 16:39:50','2011-07-19 16:39:50','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(3964,5,'2011-07-19 16:41:55','2011-07-19 16:41:55','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-7','','','2011-07-19 16:41:55','2011-07-19 16:41:55','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(3965,5,'2011-07-19 16:43:36','2011-07-19 16:43:36','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-8','','','2011-07-19 16:43:36','2011-07-19 16:43:36','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(3966,5,'2011-07-19 16:50:00','2011-07-19 16:50:00','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-9','','','2011-07-19 16:50:00','2011-07-19 16:50:00','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(3967,5,'2011-07-19 16:51:13','2011-07-19 16:51:13','','All posts','','inherit','open','open','','3957-revision-10','','','2011-07-19 16:51:13','2011-07-19 16:51:13','',3957,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3957-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5113,16,'2011-09-06 07:46:01','2011-09-06 07:46:01','Today we welcome Amit Knaani, who\'s recently launched a pretty cool iPhone app called Vikido. This mom of 2 wanted a safe place to share photos of her kids, and where her kids could share their own photos in a safe environment. She\"Vikido gives kids the freedom of expression to connect and  post text, pictures and videos about their lives in a safe environment online. At the same time, Vikido gives parents the ability to control what is shared, where and with whom. Vikido is a social network with training wheels.\" You can Learn more about Amit and the Vikido app <a href=\"http://http://www.vikido.com/\" title=\"Vikido Website\">here</a>, but for now we\'ll hand it over to Amit to give you her top tips on getting photos of your kids! Give her a nice big TBL welcome y\'all. \n\n<a href=\"http://www.vikido.com\" title=\"Vikido Website\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"371\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/vikidoweb.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nSome of the people I know from the web know me via my girls pictures, and when I meet them face to face they are looking all around me to see if I’m hiding a girl somewhere. Sometimes I think that my web presence is made more “real” because of the girls’ photos dotting and lighting up my digital life…I do have 2 amazing girls. I also have 4 years of photography studies behind me and more than 15 years of experience, so I wanted to share with you some of MY favorite tips that will help you take better photos of your kids, even if the only camera you use is your mobile phone.\n\n<h4>1. The best camera is the one you have with you.</h4> \nI’m a big believer in this phrase. Kids are like small animals in a national geographic movie, you can wait forever to “catch” a good pic, so the best way is to hunt them down whenever and wherever they are. You don\'t have to have the best camera on the market to get great shots of your kids, it\'s more about finding the right perspective and capturing what makes your kids special. You can do this with any type of camera. Just remember to leave the regular point of view aside for a moment and take a close look at your kids through the camera viewfinder and change your perspective. Seeing them in a new light will make sure you get something different from the regular \"mommy and daddy\" pics.\n\n<h4>2. Point of view.</h4>\nMost parents take photos while standing in front of the kids, so the pics are from above with the kids looking up. This can occasionally make for some cute shots, but it\'s not always the most flattering point of view. It makes your child look small and in my experience kids are larger than life so you should let that quality shine through in your photos! I suggest you try another point of view, lower your camera! Kids are small so get onto the same level with them and they will be life-size. (Unless of course you\'ve got the cutest baby ever and you want your viewers to feel how small and cuddly he/she is..but that\'s a whole other point of view!)\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"375\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>3. Eye to eye, soul to soul.</h4>\nKids often turn their eyes at the precise moment you push the shutter! Kids have short attention spans and as soon as they see a bird, the sun is in their eyes, or something more interesting happens they\'re no longer looking at the camera. Play around with “eye contact”, tell them to look at you, or better, look at something else, ask them to look at each other -  sometimes looking straight into the camera is dull!\n\n<h4>4. CUT.</h4>\nYep. I know. You “shouldn’t” cut people\'s faces out of the frame when you are taking their photo, but sometimes an abstract portrait or just part of the face and body is more interesting than a plain old portrait! You should always be aware of the rules and the \"right\" way of doing things...but only so you can smash the rules to smithereens! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>5. Think before you click.</h4>\nNew cameras are pretty amazing, they allow us to take 100 pics in a few seconds, and SOME of them come out nice, somehow… But just shooting with nothing in mind is no fun and you\'re not really learning anything that way. Think, imagine, find fun and interesting locations, visualize the photos in your head before you go outside and try to create them. You’ll be surprised at how efficient a bit of visualization and preparation can be.\n\n<h4>6. Look at what other people and photographers are doing.</h4>\nI’m a huge fan of learning from observation. There are AMAZING photographers out there, both amateur and professional. Look around and learn from others, find out what you like and what you don’t like. Try to broaden your understanding of what will go well with your preferred style and practice. Personally, I love <a href=\"http://www.escapeintolife.com/artist-watch/sally-mann/\" title=\"Photographer Sally Mann\">Sally Mann</a>, even though some of her pics can be really disturbing, they\'re still really striking. \n\n<h4>7. Play with colors, play with light.</h4>\nKids are so colorful! Take advantage of it whenever you can. Photos of kids go great with nice colorful backgrounds and with simple backgrounds. Use their natural colors or their outfit colors as a contrast to the background, make a statement. Try to find conflicting patterns and use their outfit to play off the background. Use the light, it can make or break a photo. Look at the way the light falls and use it – some of the mobile cameras don’t do well with light and shadow – so you need to work around that to get your shots. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"421\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>8. Take your pictures from your heart</h4>\nThis is the most important rule of all. You love your kids, they\'ll take your breath away when you see how small and tender they are, you look at them like no one else does. This look, this empathy, this uniqueness is what makes YOUR photos the best pics of your kids!','8 Tips To To Take Better Photos Of Your Kids ','','inherit','open','open','','5068-revision-16','','','2011-09-06 07:46:01','2011-09-06 07:46:01','',5068,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5068-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(5114,16,'2011-09-06 07:46:14','2011-09-06 07:46:14','Today we welcome Amit Knaani, who\'s recently launched a pretty cool iPhone app called Vikido. This mom of 2 wanted a safe place to share photos of her kids, and where her kids could share their own photos in a safe environment. She says, \"Vikido gives kids the freedom of expression to connect and  post text, pictures and videos about their lives in a safe environment online. At the same time, Vikido gives parents the ability to control what is shared, where and with whom. Vikido is a social network with training wheels.\" You can Learn more about Amit and the Vikido app <a href=\"http://http://www.vikido.com/\" title=\"Vikido Website\">here</a>, but for now we\'ll hand it over to Amit to give you her top tips on getting photos of your kids! Give her a nice big TBL welcome y\'all. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.vikido.com\" title=\"Vikido Website\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"371\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/vikidoweb.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSome of the people I know from the web know me via my girls pictures, and when I meet them face to face they are looking all around me to see if I’m hiding a girl somewhere. Sometimes I think that my web presence is made more “real” because of the girls’ photos dotting and lighting up my digital life…I do have 2 amazing girls. I also have 4 years of photography studies behind me and more than 15 years of experience, so I wanted to share with you some of MY favorite tips that will help you take better photos of your kids, even if the only camera you use is your mobile phone.\r\n\r\n<h4>1. The best camera is the one you have with you.</h4> \r\nI’m a big believer in this phrase. Kids are like small animals in a national geographic movie, you can wait forever to “catch” a good pic, so the best way is to hunt them down whenever and wherever they are. You don\'t have to have the best camera on the market to get great shots of your kids, it\'s more about finding the right perspective and capturing what makes your kids special. You can do this with any type of camera. Just remember to leave the regular point of view aside for a moment and take a close look at your kids through the camera viewfinder and change your perspective. Seeing them in a new light will make sure you get something different from the regular \"mommy and daddy\" pics.\r\n\r\n<h4>2. Point of view.</h4>\r\nMost parents take photos while standing in front of the kids, so the pics are from above with the kids looking up. This can occasionally make for some cute shots, but it\'s not always the most flattering point of view. It makes your child look small and in my experience kids are larger than life so you should let that quality shine through in your photos! I suggest you try another point of view, lower your camera! Kids are small so get onto the same level with them and they will be life-size. (Unless of course you\'ve got the cutest baby ever and you want your viewers to feel how small and cuddly he/she is..but that\'s a whole other point of view!)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"375\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>3. Eye to eye, soul to soul.</h4>\r\nKids often turn their eyes at the precise moment you push the shutter! Kids have short attention spans and as soon as they see a bird, the sun is in their eyes, or something more interesting happens they\'re no longer looking at the camera. Play around with “eye contact”, tell them to look at you, or better, look at something else, ask them to look at each other -  sometimes looking straight into the camera is dull!\r\n\r\n<h4>4. CUT.</h4>\r\nYep. I know. You “shouldn’t” cut people\'s faces out of the frame when you are taking their photo, but sometimes an abstract portrait or just part of the face and body is more interesting than a plain old portrait! You should always be aware of the rules and the \"right\" way of doing things...but only so you can smash the rules to smithereens! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>5. Think before you click.</h4>\r\nNew cameras are pretty amazing, they allow us to take 100 pics in a few seconds, and SOME of them come out nice, somehow… But just shooting with nothing in mind is no fun and you\'re not really learning anything that way. Think, imagine, find fun and interesting locations, visualize the photos in your head before you go outside and try to create them. You’ll be surprised at how efficient a bit of visualization and preparation can be.\r\n\r\n<h4>6. Look at what other people and photographers are doing.</h4>\r\nI’m a huge fan of learning from observation. There are AMAZING photographers out there, both amateur and professional. Look around and learn from others, find out what you like and what you don’t like. Try to broaden your understanding of what will go well with your preferred style and practice. Personally, I love <a href=\"http://www.escapeintolife.com/artist-watch/sally-mann/\" title=\"Photographer Sally Mann\">Sally Mann</a>, even though some of her pics can be really disturbing, they\'re still really striking. \r\n\r\n<h4>7. Play with colors, play with light.</h4>\r\nKids are so colorful! Take advantage of it whenever you can. Photos of kids go great with nice colorful backgrounds and with simple backgrounds. Use their natural colors or their outfit colors as a contrast to the background, make a statement. Try to find conflicting patterns and use their outfit to play off the background. Use the light, it can make or break a photo. Look at the way the light falls and use it – some of the mobile cameras don’t do well with light and shadow – so you need to work around that to get your shots. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"421\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>8. Take your pictures from your heart</h4>\r\nThis is the most important rule of all. You love your kids, they\'ll take your breath away when you see how small and tender they are, you look at them like no one else does. This look, this empathy, this uniqueness is what makes YOUR photos the best pics of your kids!','8 Tips To To Take Better Photos Of Your Kids ','','inherit','open','open','','5068-revision-17','','','2011-09-06 07:46:14','2011-09-06 07:46:14','',5068,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5068-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(5115,16,'2011-09-06 07:46:51','2011-09-06 07:46:51','Today we welcome Amit Knaani, who\'s recently launched a pretty cool iPhone app called Vikido. This mom of 2 wanted a safe place to share photos of her kids, and where her kids could share their own photos in a safe environment. She says, \"Vikido gives kids the freedom of expression to connect and  post text, pictures and videos about their lives in a safe environment online. At the same time, Vikido gives parents the ability to control what is shared, where and with whom. Vikido is a social network with training wheels.\" You can Learn more about Amit and the Vikido app <a href=\"http://http://www.vikido.com/\" title=\"Vikido Website\">here</a>, but for now we\'ll hand it over to Amit to give you her top tips on getting photos of your kids! Give her a nice big TBL welcome y\'all. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.vikido.com\" title=\"Vikido Website\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"371\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/vikidoweb.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSome of the people I know from the web know me via my girls pictures, and when I meet them face to face they are looking all around me to see if I’m hiding a girl somewhere. Sometimes I think that my web presence is made more “real” because of the girls’ photos dotting and lighting up my digital life…I do have 2 amazing girls. I also have 4 years of photography studies behind me and more than 15 years of experience, so I wanted to share with you some of MY favorite tips that will help you take better photos of your kids, even if the only camera you use is your mobile phone.\r\n\r\n<h4>1. The best camera is the one you have with you.</h4> \r\nI’m a big believer in this phrase. Kids are like small animals in a national geographic movie, you can wait forever to “catch” a good pic, so the best way is to hunt them down whenever and wherever they are. You don\'t have to have the best camera on the market to get great shots of your kids, it\'s more about finding the right perspective and capturing what makes your kids special. You can do this with any type of camera. Just remember to leave the regular point of view aside for a moment and take a close look at your kids through the camera viewfinder and change your perspective. Seeing them in a new light will make sure you get something different from the regular \"mommy and daddy\" pics.\r\n\r\n<h4>2. Point of view.</h4>\r\nMost parents take photos while standing in front of the kids, so the pics are from above with the kids looking up. This can occasionally make for some cute shots, but it\'s not always the most flattering point of view. It makes your child look small and in my experience kids are larger than life so you should let that quality shine through in your photos! I suggest you try another point of view, lower your camera! Kids are small so get onto the same level with them and they will be life-size. (Unless of course you\'ve got the cutest baby ever and you want your viewers to feel how small and cuddly he/she is..but that\'s a whole other point of view!)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"375\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>3. Eye to eye, soul to soul.</h4>\r\nKids often turn their eyes at the precise moment you push the shutter! Kids have short attention spans and as soon as they see a bird, the sun is in their eyes, or something more interesting happens they\'re no longer looking at the camera. Play around with “eye contact”, tell them to look at you, or better, look at something else, ask them to look at each other -  sometimes looking straight into the camera is dull!\r\n\r\n<h4>4. CUT.</h4>\r\nYep. I know. You “shouldn’t” cut people\'s faces out of the frame when you are taking their photo, but sometimes an abstract portrait or just part of the face and body is more interesting than a plain old portrait! You should always be aware of the rules and the \"right\" way of doing things...but only so you can smash the rules to smithereens! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>5. Think before you click.</h4>\r\nNew cameras are pretty amazing, they allow us to take 100 pics in a few seconds, and SOME of them come out nice, somehow… But just shooting with nothing in mind is no fun and you\'re not really learning anything that way. Think, imagine, find fun and interesting locations, visualize the photos in your head before you go outside and try to create them. You’ll be surprised at how efficient a bit of visualization and preparation can be.\r\n\r\n<h4>6. Look at what other people and photographers are doing.</h4>\r\nI’m a huge fan of learning from observation. There are AMAZING photographers out there, both amateur and professional. Look around and learn from others, find out what you like and what you don’t like. Try to broaden your understanding of what will go well with your preferred style and practice. Personally, I love <a href=\"http://www.escapeintolife.com/artist-watch/sally-mann/\" title=\"Photographer Sally Mann\">Sally Mann</a>, even though some of her pics can be really disturbing, they\'re still really striking. \r\n\r\n<h4>7. Play with colors, play with light.</h4>\r\nKids are so colorful! Take advantage of it whenever you can. Photos of kids go great with nice colorful backgrounds and with simple backgrounds. Use their natural colors or their outfit colors as a contrast to the background, make a statement. Try to find conflicting patterns and use their outfit to play off the background. Use the light, it can make or break a photo. Look at the way the light falls and use it – some of the mobile cameras don’t do well with light and shadow – so you need to work around that to get your shots. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"421\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>8. Take your pictures from your heart</h4>\r\nThis is the most important rule of all. You love your kids, they\'ll take your breath away when you see how small and tender they are, you look at them like no one else does. This look, this empathy, this uniqueness is what makes YOUR photos the best pics of your kids!','8 Tips To To Take Better Photos Of Your Kids','','inherit','open','open','','5068-revision-18','','','2011-09-06 07:46:51','2011-09-06 07:46:51','',5068,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5068-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(5116,16,'2011-09-16 08:00:25','2011-09-16 08:00:25','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. We were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’. This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/photostats2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF. Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut','','publish','open','open','','meet-the-developers-dear-future-astronaut','','','2011-09-16 08:19:14','2011-09-16 08:19:14','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5116',0,'post','',1),(5117,16,'2011-09-06 08:01:16','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Phoster #iPhone #app - A super fun way to mix photos &amp; design! We love! http://tinyurl.com/43h85ge','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-06 08:01:16','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5117',0,'tweet','',0),(5118,16,'2011-09-06 08:10:07','2011-09-06 08:10:07','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]#\n\nWe were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \n\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\n\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’ :) This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\n\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\n\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\n\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\n\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\n\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF :) Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\n\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\n\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\n\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\n\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\n\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut AB ','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision','','','2011-09-06 08:10:07','2011-09-06 08:10:07','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5119,16,'2011-09-06 08:11:07','2011-09-06 08:11:07','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nWe were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \n\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\n\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’ :) This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\n\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\n\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\n\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\n\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\n\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF :) Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\n\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\n\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\n\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\n\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\n\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut AB ','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-2','','','2011-09-06 08:11:07','2011-09-06 08:11:07','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5120,16,'2011-09-06 08:11:48','2011-09-06 08:11:48','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWe were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’ :) This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF :) Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut AB ','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-3','','','2011-09-06 08:11:48','2011-09-06 08:11:48','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5121,16,'2011-09-06 08:12:03','2011-09-06 08:12:03','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWe were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’ :) This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF :) Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut AB ','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-4','','','2011-09-06 08:12:03','2011-09-06 08:12:03','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5122,16,'2011-09-06 08:18:34','2011-09-06 08:18:34','','photostats2','','inherit','open','open','','photostats2-2','','','2011-09-06 08:18:34','2011-09-06 08:18:34','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/photostats2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5123,16,'2011-09-06 08:13:02','2011-09-06 08:13:02','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. We were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’ :) This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF :) Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut AB ','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-5','','','2011-09-06 08:13:02','2011-09-06 08:13:02','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5124,16,'2011-09-06 08:19:18','2011-09-06 08:19:18','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. We were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’ :) This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/photostats2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF :) Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-6','','','2011-09-06 08:19:18','2011-09-06 08:19:18','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5125,16,'2011-09-06 08:19:33','2011-09-06 08:19:33','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. We were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’ :) This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/photostats2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF :) Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-7','','','2011-09-06 08:19:33','2011-09-06 08:19:33','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5126,16,'2011-09-06 08:20:25','2011-09-06 08:20:25','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. We were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’. This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/photostats2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF. Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-8','','','2011-09-06 08:20:25','2011-09-06 08:20:25','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5127,16,'2011-08-30 13:53:28','2011-08-30 13:53:28','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster for iPhone - A Fun Mix of Photos & Design','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-15','','','2011-08-30 13:53:28','2011-08-30 13:53:28','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(5128,5,'2011-09-06 08:53:29','2011-09-06 08:53:29','Karen Messick  - Diptych 2','Karen Messick  - Diptych','Karen Messick  - Diptych','inherit','open','open','','karen-diptych-2','','','2011-09-06 08:53:29','2011-09-06 08:53:29','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/karen-Diptych-2.jpeg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5129,5,'2011-09-06 08:53:45','2011-09-06 08:53:45','Karen Messick  - Diptych','Karen Messick  Diptych 1','Karen Messick  - Diptych','inherit','open','open','','karen-diptych-1','','','2011-09-06 08:53:45','2011-09-06 08:53:45','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/karen-Diptych-1.jpeg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5130,5,'2011-09-06 09:27:41','2011-09-06 09:27:41','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\" ]\n\n&nbsp;\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4>\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone.\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\" ]\n\n&nbsp;\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4>\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/ a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot.\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\" ]\n\n&nbsp;\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my<a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Blog\" href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\" target=\"_blank\"> iPhone blog under the label New Mexico</a>. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons.\n\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\" href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&amp;pID=1&amp;row=5\" target=\"_blank\">website.</a>\n\n<center><em>2 \"diptychs\" of Karen\'s series</em></center>\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"karen_messick\" height=\"500\" undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\" /]\n\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\" href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\" target=\"_blank\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\" href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&amp;cat=163336&amp;pID=1&amp;row=5&amp;photoID=11913981&amp;searchTerm=\" target=\"_blank\">here.</a>\n\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a title=\"Nature Visions\" href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\" target=\"_blank\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\n\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <strong><a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a></strong>\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\" ]\n\n&nbsp;','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-autosave','','','2011-09-06 09:27:41','2011-09-06 09:27:41','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5131,5,'2011-09-06 07:44:14','2011-09-06 07:44:14','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4> \r\n\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone. \r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n \r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4> \r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/  a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot. \r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my iPhone blog under the label New Mexico. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons. http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&pID=1&row=5\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\">website.</a>\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&cat=163336&pID=1&row=5&photoID=11913981&searchTerm=\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">here.</a> \r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\" title=\"Nature Visions\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-7','','','2011-09-06 07:44:14','2011-09-06 07:44:14','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5132,5,'2011-09-06 09:06:37','2011-09-06 09:06:37','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4> \r\n\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone. \r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n \r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4> \r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/  a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot. \r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my iPhone blog under the label New Mexico. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons. http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&pID=1&row=5\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\">website.</a>\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image  id=\"karen_messick\"  undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&cat=163336&pID=1&row=5&photoID=11913981&searchTerm=\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">here.</a> \r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\" title=\"Nature Visions\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-8','','','2011-09-06 09:06:37','2011-09-06 09:06:37','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5133,5,'2011-09-06 09:08:41','2011-09-06 09:08:41','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4> \r\n\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone. \r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n \r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4> \r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/  a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot. \r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my iPhone blog under the label New Mexico. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons. http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&pID=1&row=5\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\">website.</a>\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"karen_messick\" height=\"500\" undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&cat=163336&pID=1&row=5&photoID=11913981&searchTerm=\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">here.</a> \r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\" title=\"Nature Visions\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-9','','','2011-09-06 09:08:41','2011-09-06 09:08:41','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5134,5,'2011-09-06 09:16:43','2011-09-06 09:16:43','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4> \r\n\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone. \r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n \r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4> \r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/  a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot. \r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my iPhone blog under the label New Mexico. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons. http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&pID=1&row=5\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\">website.</a>\r\n\r\n<center><em>2 \"diptychs\" of Karen\'s series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"karen_messick\" height=\"500\" undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&cat=163336&pID=1&row=5&photoID=11913981&searchTerm=\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">here.</a> \r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\" title=\"Nature Visions\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-10','','','2011-09-06 09:16:43','2011-09-06 09:16:43','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5135,5,'2011-09-06 09:17:08','2011-09-06 09:17:08','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4> \r\n\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone. \r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n \r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4> \r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/  a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot. \r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my iPhone blog under the label New Mexico. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons. http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&pID=1&row=5\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\">website.</a>\r\n\r\n<center><em>2 \"diptychs\" of Karen\'s series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"karen_messick\" height=\"500\" undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&cat=163336&pID=1&row=5&photoID=11913981&searchTerm=\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">here.</a> \r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\" title=\"Nature Visions\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-11','','','2011-09-06 09:17:08','2011-09-06 09:17:08','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5136,5,'2011-09-06 09:21:49','2011-09-06 09:21:49','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4> \r\n\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone. \r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n \r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4> \r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/  a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot. \r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my iPhone blog under the label New Mexico. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons. http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&pID=1&row=5\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\">website.</a>\r\n\r\n<center><em>2 \"diptychs\" of Karen\'s series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"karen_messick\" height=\"500\" undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&cat=163336&pID=1&row=5&photoID=11913981&searchTerm=\" title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\">here.</a> \r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\" title=\"Nature Visions\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <strong><a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a></strong>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-12','','','2011-09-06 09:21:49','2011-09-06 09:21:49','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5137,5,'2011-09-06 09:23:58','2011-09-06 09:23:58','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4>\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone.\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4>\r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/ a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot.\r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my<a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Blog\" href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\"> iPhone blog under the label New Mexico</a>. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons.\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\" href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&amp;pID=1&amp;row=5\">website.</a>\r\n\r\n<center><em>2 \"diptychs\" of Karen\'s series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"karen_messick\" height=\"500\" undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\" /]\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\" href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\" href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&amp;cat=163336&amp;pID=1&amp;row=5&amp;photoID=11913981&amp;searchTerm=\">here.</a>\r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a title=\"Nature Visions\" href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <strong><a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a></strong>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-13','','','2011-09-06 09:23:58','2011-09-06 09:23:58','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5138,5,'2011-09-06 09:25:37','2011-09-06 09:25:37','Hey folks we continue our iPhoneography series with Karen Messick, an iPhoneographer from Maryland. Her diptych series totally blew us away, and we\'re pretty sure you\'ll be impressed too...she writes for several publications in Maryland and also holds private tuition for digital photography and iPhoneography. So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Karen! Take it away!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"240\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/dream-image.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and fans of the craft?</h4>\r\nI enjoy making images with my iPhone: it is always with me and it is quick to use with many shooting options. My iPhone photography is more about play and when I may not even be able to get a shot with my DSLR unless my tripod and I were contortionists. I however continue to apply a serious eye for exceptional composition in my imagery. I enjoy making images that share my world. Sometimes I capture them because I saw something that I thought was funny or cool or unusual, or that tell a story or share a beautiful scene. Sometimes they are filled with deep ideas about the history of subjects such as those made in buildings in various stages of decay: I always wonder what life was like in the day?, and sometimes they are dreamy images where I imagine a scene and process with apps that get me there. I now teach others how to use the iPhone and the multitude of fabulous photo apps. I enjoy writing and sharing my thoughts on making images with the iPhone.\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes it so special for you?</h4>\r\nI caught the bug in the fall of 2010. I had seen images posted on Facebook by photographers like Tony Sweet and Harry Sandler. The images had a very artistic look, which I liked. Then Teri Lou Dantzler visited with me at my Delaware beach house in October 2010 and she was shooting with her iPhone…and again I wondered why you would only use the iPhone in such an image rich environment? Wouldn’t you want a large file image?? In December 2010, I bought the iPhone4 as a Christmas present to myself and began to explore…..down loading app after app and marveling at the software pops to my images. Even getting a laugh out of image apps like Trigonscope.\r\nThen I said….OK I get it now…fast and fun! iPhoneography is easy and relatively inexpensive and offers a world or creativity. What makes this art special for me is the new way in which I can create art. It would take ages to create an image using software programs on large digital files to come up with an image like the ones I can create on the iPhone in a relatively short time. The apps are truly amazing in what they can do to an image.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"386\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000003489.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography?</h4>\r\nThe future of iPhoneography is very bright..and I believe that all categories of photographers will continue to explore making images with it. When photography was invented, it did not go away, it got better…and morphed…I believe the iPhone and the photography that is resulting will too. There will always be the casual iPhone owner who snaps family pictures, and never uses a creative processing app, but there will also be serious professionals who see their iPhone work as an adjunct to their continuing photographic body of work.\r\n<h4>What\'s the inspiration driving your inspirational Diptic series of textures?</h4>\r\nMy inspiration for the Diptic texture series was the subject matter of the various shots. I had in mind bringing them together in Diptic when I made the images, as one image alone in my mind was not sufficient to tell the story of the wonderful assortment of textures..and designs in these aged trucks. The images were all shot with ClassicPan handheld hovering over old truck beds, doors and various other truck parts. I would have had to climb up on the truck beds with a tripod to capture some of these shots with my DSLR and possibly would have had to walk away from the opportunity for that reason, but not with my iPhone and its ability to focus fairly close (inches) to the subject.\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you give to beginner iphoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would say explore…check out other iPhone photographer’s sites for info and read, read, read. Join an iPhone group such as iPhoneart.com. Download one app at a time and explore its functions moving every slider to see what it will do…and make notes until the apps become second nature in your image processing. Then move between apps adding different effects from each app. Learn the art of layers in your imagery. Constantly check into the app store for new apps. and updates. Check the developer’s websites for tutorials, and PLAY!!! Buy some accessories…like the tripod holder http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/ and the OlloClip. http://olloclip.com/ Subscribe to iPhoneLife Magazine.. http://www.iphonelife.com/ a great source of iPhone info for all apps.\r\nAnd just like all photography, pay attention to your compositions! After all a poorly crafted image won’t get better because it is an iPhone shot.\r\n(Also a basic understanding of image processing in Photoshop is a good foundation for iPhone processing, as apps like Iris a pretty sophisticated app, offers, levels, shadow`highlights and gamma adjustments so having prior knowledge of those adjustments helps.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"385\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000002320.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit more about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\nOne of my most prolific projects to date was shooting in New Mexico this past spring. It was great fun with many photo ops from old churches to rusted cars and towns like Santa Fe and Tierra Amarillos. Many of those images can be seen on my<a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Blog\" href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/search/label/New%20Mexico\" target=\"_blank\"> iPhone blog under the label New Mexico</a>. For those images I used many different apps. and explored new ones such as PhotoRibbons.\r\n\r\nI also recently created a Botanical series. Which started as a single shot on my back patio table as I was cutting some lavendar from my garden. I used ClassicPan to shoot, then processed with Iris, Bad Camera, and Scratchcam. They can be viewed on my <a title=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography Website\" href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?cat=157284&amp;pID=1&amp;row=5\">website.</a>\r\n\r\n<center><em>2 \"diptychs\" of Karen\'s series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"karen_messick\" height=\"500\" undefined slidesetid=\"karen_messick\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\" /]\r\n\r\nI also really enjoy compositing images, bringing pieces of an image together to make one image, such as the Bryant Park image in my New York City collection that can also be seen on my blog under the <a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\" href=\"http://karenmessickiphone.blogspot.com/2011/07/bryant-park-and-iphoneautopainteriris.html\">New York label.</a> And of course check out my fun beach group of images…<a title=\"Karen Messick iPhone Website\" href=\"http://www.karenlmessickphotography.com/-/karenlmessickphotography/gallery.asp?LID=&amp;cat=163336&amp;pID=1&amp;row=5&amp;photoID=11913981&amp;searchTerm=\">here.</a>\r\n\r\nI will also be teaching the “Art of iPhoneography”, Sunday November 13 at 10:00am, during the Nature Visions Photography weekend on November 11-13, 2011. Check out <a title=\"Nature Visions\" href=\"http://naturevisions.org/\">http://naturevisions.org/</a> for more info on that. I also have recently had the pleasure of writing an article on the \"Best of Apps\" for iPhoneLife Magazine which will be out this fall...keep an eye out for my article in iPhoneLife Magazine this fall!\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in private tutoring sessions for Digital Photography with DSLR or iPhoneography, <strong><a href=\"mailto:karenmessick@aol.com\">email Karen.</a></strong>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"400\" alt=\"Karen Messick iPhoneography\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/IMG_1000006536.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','iPhoneography With Karen Messick','','inherit','open','open','','5101-revision-14','','','2011-09-06 09:25:37','2011-09-06 09:25:37','',5101,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5101-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(5145,16,'2011-09-09 08:00:55','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','DSLR For Dummies - Part 3. Get to grips with Shutter Priority Mode! http://tinyurl.com/3mfhdf4','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-09 08:00:55','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5145',0,'tweet','',0),(5146,5,'2011-08-26 10:22:07','2011-08-26 10:22:07','To continue our DSLR For Dummies series we’re going to continue with the “get out of Auto Mode” theme, moving on to Shutter Priority Mode. Last week we discussed the Aperture Priority mode and how it can help you get great portraits with blurred (bokeh) backgrounds or sweeping landscapes with everything the eye can see in focus. So whereas Aperture Priority deals with focus, Shutter Priority deals with time. Namely, the length of time the shutter function on the camera is open to allow the light into the sensor.\r\n<br /><br />\r\n<strong>Why is shutter speed important? </strong>\r\n<br /><br />\r\nEver been to a little league game and wanted to catch your munchkin running the bases only to find every photo is blurred? This happens when the shutter speed is not fast enough to capture the action, so taking control of the shutter speed on your camera is a great way to ensure you don’t miss those precious action shots!\r\nShutter speed is also important when you want to get adventurous and start experimenting with night photography, capturing light trails, blurring or stopping moving objects on camera. For now we’ll stick to the basics - capturing great family action shots when you need to.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nThe Shutter Priority mode on your camera is located on the mode dial and is indicated by TV (for Canon users) and S (for Nikon Users). If you’re using another brand, double-check your user manual to find out the abbreviation for your camera. When you use Shutter Priority mode, you set the speed of the shutter and the camera automatically sets the aperture to get the correct exposure. Shutter speeds are measured in seconds (or fractions of seconds) ranging anywhere from 1/8000th of a second all the way to 30 seconds or longer. Some digital cameras even have a bulb mode (shown as B), which keeps the shutter open for as long as the shutter button as pushed down.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nThe shutter speed you choose depends on the type of action you want to capture. If you want to freeze the action to capture the winning goal, or show a splash of water you need to choose a fast shutter speed. Take a look at the photo below as an example, as you can see the players are caught in mid-action!\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Sports Stop Action (Baseball), on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/rebraunstein/2522163883/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"307\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Baseball-Fast-Shutter-Speed-copy.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Sports Stop Action (Baseball)</em>\r\nPhoto by Richard Evan Braunstein</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\nOn the other hand if you want to show some movement in your photo by allowing the motion to blur, you need to choose a slow shutter speed. This is great for capturing moving cars, trains, or running water making it look smooth and picturesque as below.\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Rolling Stones, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/oddurjons/1579188964/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/running-water-copy.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Rolling Stones</em>\r\nPhoto by Oddur Jonsson</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\nFast shutter speeds are suitable for shooting handheld, whereas if you are using a slow shutter speed it’s best to use a tripod to avoid camera shake.\r\nTo get better acquainted with the Shutter Priority mode try out this simple exercise. Go to the kitchen sink and put an empty bowl into the sink under the running faucet. Put your camera into Shutter Priority mode and set the shutter to a fast speed – try 1/25th of a second to start. Snap the photo, and then move your shutter speed to 1/10th of a second and snap again. In the first photo you should see that the water splashes are sharp and well defined. You can almost see every bead of water. Now compare it to the second photo and you’ll likely see the water beginning to “soften”.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nTo soften the water even further attach your camera to a tripod and move your shutter speed to a much slower speed, try 1 second to start. Snap your photo and take a look – the water should appear soft, even cloud-like. Finally move your shutter speed to a very slow speed such as 5 seconds and snap your photo. The water should be even softer and very cloudy.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nSo now you’ve got a basic understanding of Shutter Priority go forth and experiment with it! When you have the opportunity, play around with different speeds under various lighting conditions to better understand how your camera responds. Before you know it, you’ll be capturing all the action! As always, please feel free to get in touch with us if you have questions about this post. \r\n','DSLR For Dummies - Part 3','','inherit','open','open','','4048-revision-7','','','2011-08-26 10:22:07','2011-08-26 10:22:07','',4048,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4048-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5147,16,'2011-09-12 08:02:11','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','8 tips to get better photos of your kids from @amitos the creator of @Vikido #iPhone app! http://tinyurl.com/3p8k5pt','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-12 08:02:11','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5147',0,'tweet','',0),(5148,5,'2011-09-06 07:47:05','2011-09-06 07:47:05','Today we welcome Amit Knaani, who\'s recently launched a pretty cool iPhone app called Vikido. This mom of 2 wanted a safe place to share photos of her kids, and where her kids could share their own photos in a safe environment. She says, \"Vikido gives kids the freedom of expression to connect and  post text, pictures and videos about their lives in a safe environment online. At the same time, Vikido gives parents the ability to control what is shared, where and with whom. Vikido is a social network with training wheels.\" You can Learn more about Amit and the Vikido app <a href=\"http://http://www.vikido.com/\" title=\"Vikido Website\">here</a>, but for now we\'ll hand it over to Amit to give you her top tips on getting photos of your kids! Give her a nice big TBL welcome y\'all. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.vikido.com\" title=\"Vikido Website\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"371\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/vikidoweb.jpg\"  ]</a><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSome of the people I know from the web know me via my girls pictures, and when I meet them face to face they are looking all around me to see if I’m hiding a girl somewhere. Sometimes I think that my web presence is made more “real” because of the girls’ photos dotting and lighting up my digital life…I do have 2 amazing girls. I also have 4 years of photography studies behind me and more than 15 years of experience, so I wanted to share with you some of MY favorite tips that will help you take better photos of your kids, even if the only camera you use is your mobile phone.\r\n\r\n<h4>1. The best camera is the one you have with you.</h4> \r\nI’m a big believer in this phrase. Kids are like small animals in a national geographic movie, you can wait forever to “catch” a good pic, so the best way is to hunt them down whenever and wherever they are. You don\'t have to have the best camera on the market to get great shots of your kids, it\'s more about finding the right perspective and capturing what makes your kids special. You can do this with any type of camera. Just remember to leave the regular point of view aside for a moment and take a close look at your kids through the camera viewfinder and change your perspective. Seeing them in a new light will make sure you get something different from the regular \"mommy and daddy\" pics.\r\n\r\n<h4>2. Point of view.</h4>\r\nMost parents take photos while standing in front of the kids, so the pics are from above with the kids looking up. This can occasionally make for some cute shots, but it\'s not always the most flattering point of view. It makes your child look small and in my experience kids are larger than life so you should let that quality shine through in your photos! I suggest you try another point of view, lower your camera! Kids are small so get onto the same level with them and they will be life-size. (Unless of course you\'ve got the cutest baby ever and you want your viewers to feel how small and cuddly he/she is..but that\'s a whole other point of view!)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"375\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>3. Eye to eye, soul to soul.</h4>\r\nKids often turn their eyes at the precise moment you push the shutter! Kids have short attention spans and as soon as they see a bird, the sun is in their eyes, or something more interesting happens they\'re no longer looking at the camera. Play around with “eye contact”, tell them to look at you, or better, look at something else, ask them to look at each other -  sometimes looking straight into the camera is dull!\r\n\r\n<h4>4. CUT.</h4>\r\nYep. I know. You “shouldn’t” cut people\'s faces out of the frame when you are taking their photo, but sometimes an abstract portrait or just part of the face and body is more interesting than a plain old portrait! You should always be aware of the rules and the \"right\" way of doing things...but only so you can smash the rules to smithereens! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"414\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>5. Think before you click.</h4>\r\nNew cameras are pretty amazing, they allow us to take 100 pics in a few seconds, and SOME of them come out nice, somehow… But just shooting with nothing in mind is no fun and you\'re not really learning anything that way. Think, imagine, find fun and interesting locations, visualize the photos in your head before you go outside and try to create them. You’ll be surprised at how efficient a bit of visualization and preparation can be.\r\n\r\n<h4>6. Look at what other people and photographers are doing.</h4>\r\nI’m a huge fan of learning from observation. There are AMAZING photographers out there, both amateur and professional. Look around and learn from others, find out what you like and what you don’t like. Try to broaden your understanding of what will go well with your preferred style and practice. Personally, I love <a href=\"http://www.escapeintolife.com/artist-watch/sally-mann/\" title=\"Photographer Sally Mann\">Sally Mann</a>, even though some of her pics can be really disturbing, they\'re still really striking. \r\n\r\n<h4>7. Play with colors, play with light.</h4>\r\nKids are so colorful! Take advantage of it whenever you can. Photos of kids go great with nice colorful backgrounds and with simple backgrounds. Use their natural colors or their outfit colors as a contrast to the background, make a statement. Try to find conflicting patterns and use their outfit to play off the background. Use the light, it can make or break a photo. Look at the way the light falls and use it – some of the mobile cameras don’t do well with light and shadow – so you need to work around that to get your shots. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"421\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/amit3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>8. Take your pictures from your heart</h4>\r\nThis is the most important rule of all. You love your kids, they\'ll take your breath away when you see how small and tender they are, you look at them like no one else does. This look, this empathy, this uniqueness is what makes YOUR photos the best pics of your kids!','8 Tips To To Take Better Photos Of Your Kids','','inherit','open','open','','5068-revision-19','','','2011-09-06 07:47:05','2011-09-06 07:47:05','',5068,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5068-revision-19.html',0,'revision','',0),(5149,16,'2011-09-13 08:01:33','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','DSLR For Dummies - Part 4 . Improve your family photos with a few simple tips from The Beginners Lens! http://tinyurl.com/3j4mfn3','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-13 08:01:33','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5149',0,'tweet','',0),(5150,16,'2011-09-14 08:02:19','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Get beautiful black &amp; white #iphone #photos with Dramatic Black &amp; White #app http://tinyurl.com/428hv9s','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-14 08:02:19','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5150',0,'tweet','',0),(5151,16,'2011-09-16 08:01:22','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','After using the #photostats #app we wanted to know a bit more. The fine folks @DFANewYork were very informative!! http://tinyurl.com/3uuo8rp','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-16 08:01:22','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5151',0,'tweet','',0),(5152,16,'2011-09-16 08:01:25','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Photo Stats iPhone App: Slick But Not Very Statistical - http://tinyurl.com/4xh2nen','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-16 08:01:25','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5152',0,'tweet','',0),(5961,16,'2011-11-09 15:58:02','2011-11-09 15:58:02','Still life is the study of an inanimate object…takes you right back to 6th grade art class! However, still life images are not restricted to painting and drawing – many of us take still life photos every day without actually realizing that we are taking a “still life”. When you really think about it, you may realize just how many still life’s you’ve taken over the years. In the traditional sense a still life is often thought of as a bowl of fruit, a vase of flowers, or an arrangement of related (or non-related) objects. But ultimately any type of objects that you set up or create as a scene can be a still life; they don’t necessarily need to be flowers or fruit. The key to creating a good still life is thinking about the object in terms of setting the scene. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Still-life at Historic 1930s Wray Home, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/nancyvioletavelez/5920747068/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"365\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/stilllife1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Still-life at Historic 1930s Wray Home</em>\r\nPhoto by Nancy Violeta Velez<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWhen you think about your object in the same terms that you would as a normal “subject” such as a personal or an animal, you begin to see the photograph in the same way you would any other. And just like any other photograph you need good light (as well as a willing subject), so you’re well on your way. \r\n\r\nFurther to that, here are a few practical tips for shooting still life images. \r\n\r\n<h4>Arranging and Composition:</h4> \r\n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Arrange your object(s) in a pleasing way. If you’re using fruit, use a bowl that compliments the color of the fruit. </li>\r\n<li>If you are grouping several items together, try to use bunches of 3 or 5. Even though they are technically “odd” numbers, they provide a more balanced feel to the final image. </li>\r\n<li>Try to arrange your object so that the light hits it in a pleasing way, the most natural light may be from the side. Check for harsh shadows falling over your objects and adjust your scene accordingly.</li>\r\n<li>You’ve actually got a lot of options when it comes to composition and still life is a good time to play around with breaking the “traditional” composition rules. Experiment! Still life objects often look nice as the sole central point of an image…hurrah!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<a title=\"Still life in a Penfolds Bottle, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/monkeyc/91333256/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"418\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/stilllife2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Still Life in a Penfold\'s Bottle</em>\r\nPhoto by Monkeyc.net<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting:</h4>\r\n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>We suggest you start with aperture priority mode, which will give you the ability to change the depth of field and create a sense of space in your image.</li>\r\n<li>Make sure there is enough light – either shoot near a window or a natural light source, or use a bounce flash. </li>\r\n<li>Set up your camera’s white balance. Depending on your shooting conditions you may be able to use a white balance preset, or try setting your white balance to custom and shooting a piece of white paper as a reference point for your camera. </li>\r\n<li>Take the time you need to analyse your photos, if you have the ability to tether your camera to your laptop or computer you will see your photos in a whole new light! If you see something you don’t like…change it and shoot it again (that’s the beauty of having a patient subject)!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]	 \r\n\r\n<h4>Post Production:</h4> \r\n[list style=\"arrow\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Play with the white balance, curves, levels and contrast to enhance your image.</li>\r\n<li>Try out some post-processing effects. Adding a vignette to a still life’s is often a nice way to add a bit more depth.</li>\r\n<li>Why not try your image in black & white? Or split-tone? The options are literally endless…</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nSo next time you see a beautiful vase of flowers, start thinking of it in terms of how you can arrange it to be your next still life subject! \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Radiant Bones, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/christophersoddsandsods/2671683156/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"441\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/stilllife3.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Radiant Bones</em>\r\nPhoto by Smiling Monk<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Still Life Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5943-revision-4','','','2011-11-09 15:58:02','2011-11-09 15:58:02','',5943,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5943-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5154,16,'2011-09-06 08:21:12','2011-09-06 08:21:12','We\'re launching a brand new feature here on The Beginners Lens...a bit of a behind the scenes look at the world of app development! We recently downloaded the Photo Stats app with really high hopes - we love a good infographic around here. Doesn\'t everyone love a good infographic really? But after trying out the app, we struggled to get the results we wanted, so we took the opportunity to go straight to the source to find out a bit more about the company and the app itself. We figured it was a great way to get to know the developers a little bit better and of course give them an opportunity to tell us how we could use the app to get better results. We were lucky enough to get in touch with Mr Mladen Djordjevic, manager of Dear Future Astronaut who has some great insight into their company and their recently released Photo Stats app! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/photostats.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Dear Future Astronaut AB and what are the apps you offer?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nDear Future Astronaut AB is a creative mobile development company from Sweden, which also has a dev team in Serbia. We develop apps for both iOS and Android, focusing on using the unique advantages brought by smartphones to make users lives easier and more fun. The portfolio of apps we have developed so far includes Photopod – a free iPhone app which aggregates all photos shared on Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr, Dropbox and Picasa, making all your photos always available to you, Scandinavian Speed Cam apps we developed for I&J, Photo World – set of apps for the biggest Scandinavian photo equipment store, Virgin Unite Hub iPhone app, Pingdom website monitoring Android app and several others. Mobile apps are our inspiration and each day we pick the coolest new apps and share them with other developers on our website Smashapp.com.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nPhoto Stats app was developed by a small team which made out of one designer, three developers, one copywriter/marketing guy and one manager for the project lead. The whole team for this project was based on the same location, but in general DFANY is formed out of two teams: one in Serbia and the other one in Sweden.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about Photo Stats\' story: when, how and why it was created? Have you had success with the app to date?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nAt DFANY we believe that good apps are a combination of creativity and hard work. Therefore, we have this thing called ‘101 Dalmatians’. This is an intensive list of numerous one-liner ideas for new apps we all add on daily basis. Every once in a while, we go through the list, and the whole staff pick the ideas they like best, and then analyze each idea according to various criteria. By doing this we make sure that the app has three I-s: that it is Innovative, Interesting for the end-users and that it can be Implemented.\r\n\r\nPhoto Stats is one of the first product of such a process. After having chosen it as the best idea from the list, we first developed a prototype app, tested it against a huge number of images and when we saw that it is plausible, we began with the implementation.\r\n\r\nTo tell you the truth, a bunch of us are privately photo geeks and infographic lovers, so Photo Stats was a match made in heaven. The market was open for this kind of application and we went for it, creating the first infographic generator for iPhone.\r\n\r\nAs far as the number of downloads is concerned we can say that if we take into account that the audience for this kind of apps is not so wide as for example the audience for iPhone games, we are pretty satisfied with the numbers so far. From the last Thursday we have been featured as the App of the week on the Canadian App Store as well as Staff Favorite on US and 60 more stores worldwide, so we are pretty confident that the download numbers will continue to grow!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\"  alt=\"Photo Stats App \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/photostats2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>The Photo Stats app is a great idea. But it suffers a bit from the lack of exif information in photo files processed by apps. How do you intend to mitigate that problem for users?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nUnfortunately, this is correct. Applications such as Hipstamatic are being pretty destructive when it comes to EXIF. Our initial solution and the one that is implemented in the current version of the application is that the photos that are taken by Hipstamatic are not included into analysis for the infographic as they do not have valid EXIF data. We have contacted Hipstamatic and a couple of our users have done the same, but without any result at the moment. We are also planning to include an info dialogue which will inform users about problems with certain photo-taking apps. The truth is that the app can’t analyze the data which is not present within the image file, but we are working on putting more emphasis on presenting the information about this issue to the end users, so they understand why the numbers on the infographic don’t always match up with the numbers of actual photos they took.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\nWe are very excited about the next Photo Stats update, because it will add several really interesting features to the application.\r\n\r\n1. Theming - Users will be able to choose among 5 fresh and colorful themes and thus personalize their infographics.\r\n\r\n2. History browsing - Users will be able to define the period for which they want to create the infographic by choosing the start and end dates so they can create more infographics for example about last week, last month, etc.\r\n\r\n3. New progress screen - We are aware that for those users who have a lot of photos on their device analysis of the data takes some time and so the progress screen is there for quite a bit, so we will add a couple of animations and make it fun.\r\n\r\nThese are features which will be added in the next update of Photo Stats which should be available on the App Store in the next two weeks. Our plan is to improve the app as the time goes and surprise users with new features from time to time so we already have several new features in plan which should be added to the version 2 of the app planned to be released in October.\r\n\r\nGet more info on the Photo Stats app <a href=\"http://photostatsapp.com/\" title=\"Photo Stats App\">here</a>, or <a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/gb/app/id452201241?mt=8\" title=\"Download the Photo Stats App\">download the app</a> and try it yourself!','Meet The Developers: Dear Future Astronaut','','inherit','open','open','','5116-revision-9','','','2011-09-06 08:21:12','2011-09-06 08:21:12','',5116,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5116-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5159,16,'2011-09-16 11:01:45','2011-09-16 11:01:45','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and photography enthusiasts around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography.  And have spent the better part of the last thirty years, happily and passionately, shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock. For a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...And most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. (email me a jack@jackhollingsworth.com).\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n \n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-3','','','2011-09-16 11:01:45','2011-09-16 11:01:45','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5157,16,'2011-09-16 10:51:01','2011-09-16 10:51:01','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and photography enthusiasts around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography.  And have spent the better part of the last thirty years, happily and passionately, shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock. For a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...And most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on.\n\nMy vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it.  \n\nThe last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future ☺.\n\nI have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space.  And most welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. (email me a jack@jackhollingsworth.com).\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography virus and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nFirst of all, I would not call my fixation on iPhoneography a ‘virus’ – which, in my mind, implies an infection or a harmful influence or disease. I would refer to it more as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike.\n\nAnd it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!)\n\nI love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary.\n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography like you have never seen or imagined.\n\nI see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form.  \n\nThe ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math ☺.\n\nWe’ll continue seeing a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\nIPhoneography is no fad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of.\n\nFor myself, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive.  \n\nThis is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife ☺), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n \n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision','','','2011-09-16 10:51:01','2011-09-16 10:51:01','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5158,16,'2011-09-16 10:51:25','2011-09-16 10:51:25','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and photography enthusiasts around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography.  And have spent the better part of the last thirty years, happily and passionately, shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock. For a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...And most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on.\r\n\r\nMy vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it.  \r\n\r\nThe last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future ☺.\r\n\r\nI have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space.  And most welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. (email me a jack@jackhollingsworth.com).\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography virus and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst of all, I would not call my fixation on iPhoneography a ‘virus’ – which, in my mind, implies an infection or a harmful influence or disease. I would refer to it more as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike.\r\n\r\nAnd it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!)\r\n\r\nI love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary.\r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography like you have never seen or imagined.\r\n\r\nI see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form.  \r\n\r\nThe ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math ☺.\r\n\r\nWe’ll continue seeing a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\nIPhoneography is no fad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of.\r\n\r\nFor myself, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive.  \r\n\r\nThis is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife ☺), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n \r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-2','','','2011-09-16 10:51:25','2011-09-16 10:51:25','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5160,16,'2011-09-16 11:04:40','2011-09-16 11:04:40','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and photography enthusiasts around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years, happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock. For a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...And most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me,</a>lets talk photography!\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n \n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-4','','','2011-09-16 11:04:40','2011-09-16 11:04:40','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5163,16,'2011-09-16 11:05:40','2011-09-16 11:05:40','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me,</a>lets talk photography!\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n \n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-7','','','2011-09-16 11:05:40','2011-09-16 11:05:40','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5161,16,'2011-09-16 11:05:07','2011-09-16 11:05:07','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and photography enthusiasts around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me,</a>lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n \r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-5','','','2011-09-16 11:05:07','2011-09-16 11:05:07','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5162,16,'2011-09-16 11:05:18','2011-09-16 11:05:18','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers and photography enthusiasts around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me,</a>lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n \r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-6','','','2011-09-16 11:05:18','2011-09-16 11:05:18','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5164,16,'2011-09-16 11:05:57','2011-09-16 11:05:57','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc. <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n \r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-8','','','2011-09-16 11:05:57','2011-09-16 11:05:57','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5165,16,'2011-09-16 13:09:49','2011-09-16 13:09:49','','jack1','','inherit','open','open','','jack1','','','2011-09-16 13:09:49','2011-09-16 13:09:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jack1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5166,16,'2011-09-16 13:09:59','2011-09-16 13:09:59','','jack2','','inherit','open','open','','jack2','','','2011-09-16 13:09:59','2011-09-16 13:09:59','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jack2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5167,16,'2011-09-16 13:10:38','2011-09-16 13:10:38','','jack3','','inherit','open','open','','jack3','','','2011-09-16 13:10:38','2011-09-16 13:10:38','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jack3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5168,16,'2011-09-16 13:10:42','2011-09-16 13:10:42','','jack4','','inherit','open','open','','jack4','','','2011-09-16 13:10:42','2011-09-16 13:10:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jack4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5169,16,'2011-09-16 13:10:49','2011-09-16 13:10:49','','jack5','','inherit','open','open','','jack5','','','2011-09-16 13:10:49','2011-09-16 13:10:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jack5.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5170,16,'2011-09-16 13:10:55','2011-09-16 13:10:55','','jack6','','inherit','open','open','','jack6','','','2011-09-16 13:10:55','2011-09-16 13:10:55','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jack6.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5171,16,'2011-09-16 13:11:00','2011-09-16 13:11:00','','jack7','','inherit','open','open','','jack7','','','2011-09-16 13:11:00','2011-09-16 13:11:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jack7.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5172,16,'2011-09-16 11:06:30','2011-09-16 11:06:30','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR artifacts?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style.  And give you a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot.  And then other times, I’m just winging it and being pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good capture device for low-light images (even if you’re on a tripod).  So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design.  Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n \r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-9','','','2011-09-16 11:06:30','2011-09-16 11:06:30','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5173,16,'2011-09-16 13:15:56','2011-09-16 13:15:56','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\nA Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-10','','','2011-09-16 13:15:56','2011-09-16 13:15:56','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5174,16,'2011-09-16 13:15:57','2011-09-16 13:15:57','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\nA Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series\r\n[postgallery_image width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-11','','','2011-09-16 13:15:57','2011-09-16 13:15:57','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5175,16,'2011-09-16 13:16:55','2011-09-16 13:16:55','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\nA Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-12','','','2011-09-16 13:16:55','2011-09-16 13:16:55','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5176,16,'2011-09-16 13:17:06','2011-09-16 13:17:06','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\nA Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-13','','','2011-09-16 13:17:06','2011-09-16 13:17:06','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5177,16,'2011-09-16 13:17:58','2011-09-16 13:17:58','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-14','','','2011-09-16 13:17:58','2011-09-16 13:17:58','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(5178,16,'2011-09-16 13:20:30','2011-09-16 13:20:30','','jackh1','','inherit','open','open','','jackh1','','','2011-09-16 13:20:30','2011-09-16 13:20:30','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5179,16,'2011-09-16 13:20:38','2011-09-16 13:20:38','','jackh2','','inherit','open','open','','jackh2','','','2011-09-16 13:20:38','2011-09-16 13:20:38','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5180,16,'2011-09-16 13:20:46','2011-09-16 13:20:46','','jackh3','','inherit','open','open','','jackh3','','','2011-09-16 13:20:46','2011-09-16 13:20:46','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5181,16,'2011-09-16 13:20:51','2011-09-16 13:20:51','','jackh4','','inherit','open','open','','jackh4','','','2011-09-16 13:20:51','2011-09-16 13:20:51','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5182,16,'2011-09-16 13:20:57','2011-09-16 13:20:57','','jackh5','','inherit','open','open','','jackh5','','','2011-09-16 13:20:57','2011-09-16 13:20:57','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh5.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5183,16,'2011-09-16 13:21:04','2011-09-16 13:21:04','','jackh6','','inherit','open','open','','jackh6','','','2011-09-16 13:21:04','2011-09-16 13:21:04','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5184,16,'2011-09-16 13:21:10','2011-09-16 13:21:10','','jackh7','','inherit','open','open','','jackh7','','','2011-09-16 13:21:10','2011-09-16 13:21:10','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5185,16,'2011-09-16 13:21:14','2011-09-16 13:21:14','','jackh8','','inherit','open','open','','jackh8','','','2011-09-16 13:21:14','2011-09-16 13:21:14','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5186,16,'2011-09-16 13:21:19','2011-09-16 13:21:19','','jackh9','','inherit','open','open','','jackh9','','','2011-09-16 13:21:19','2011-09-16 13:21:19','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5187,16,'2011-09-16 13:18:24','2011-09-16 13:18:24','<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get those very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-15','','','2011-09-16 13:18:24','2011-09-16 13:18:24','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(5188,16,'2011-09-16 13:22:40','2011-09-16 13:22:40','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-16','','','2011-09-16 13:22:40','2011-09-16 13:22:40','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(5189,16,'2011-09-16 13:25:24','2011-09-16 13:25:24','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-17','','','2011-09-16 13:25:24','2011-09-16 13:25:24','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(5190,16,'2011-09-16 13:26:09','2011-09-16 13:26:09','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-18','','','2011-09-16 13:26:09','2011-09-16 13:26:09','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(5191,16,'2011-09-16 13:26:43','2011-09-16 13:26:43','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography with Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-19','','','2011-09-16 13:26:43','2011-09-16 13:26:43','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-19.html',0,'revision','',0),(5192,16,'2011-09-16 13:35:49','2011-09-16 13:35:49','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be \n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-20','','','2011-09-16 13:35:49','2011-09-16 13:35:49','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-20.html',0,'revision','',0),(5193,16,'2011-09-16 13:36:45','2011-09-16 13:36:45','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\n\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\n\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\n\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\n\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\n\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \n\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\n\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \n\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \n\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\n\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\n\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\n\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\n\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\n\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\n\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\n\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\n\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\n\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\n\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\n\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\n\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\n\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\n\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\n\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nTalk about mesmerizing!\n\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\n\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\n\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\n\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\n(show screen shot)\n\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\n\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\n\nEbook\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-21','','','2011-09-16 13:36:45','2011-09-16 13:36:45','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-21.html',0,'revision','',0),(5194,16,'2011-09-16 13:46:26','2011-09-16 13:46:26','Our iPhoneography With...series continues and this week we are very happy to introduce Jack Hollingsworth, all the way from Austin, Texas. You may already be familiar with his work as his long-spanning photography career has taken him across the globe shooting everything including people, products, and places! We were blown away when we first saw what Jack could do with an iPhone and we\'re pretty sure you will be too. Oh and a little birdie told us that you might be seeing Jack around here more frequently...watch this space for more details...\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe yourself to other iPhoneographers around the world?</h4>\r\n\r\nI am classically educated and trained in photography. And have spent the better part of the last thirty years happily and passionately shooting Travel, Lifestyle, Portraiture and Stock for a wide variety of Fortune 2000 clients. Primarily in the fields of Travel, Leisure, Hospitality and Tourism...and most of it on a world stage – New York, Paris, London, Buenos Aires, Shanghai, Tokyo…and the list goes on. My vision, mission and passion, whether shooting with my fancy-pants DSLR rigs or my iPhone 4 pocket wonder…is the same.  To constantly capture colorful and soulful imagery that encapsulates the energy, spirit, and personality of the location or subject I’m photographing. And transport the viewer to feel as deeply about a subject as when I photographed it. The last three decades have provided me a successful, enviable and fulfilling career. Interestingly, I’m as infatuated with photography today as I was when I started down this path years ago.  Some things never change.  The iPhone has helped indeed keep my excitement and enthusiasm for photography very much alive and burning.\r\n\r\nI don’t call myself an ‘iPhoneographer’ per se as I continue to use DSLR cameras for both commercial and personal work. I call myself a ‘photographer’ who uses the iPhone as just another tool in the camera bag. That said, I can tell you, with unwavering confidence and surety, that iPhoneography has ignited in me an all consuming passion, preoccupation and obsession that I doubt will diminish anytime in the near future! I have every intention to take a leadership role in the iPhoneography space. And I always welcome any sort of dialogue with those that are equally concentrated – iPhoneographers, app developers, technology partners, etc - <a href=\"jack@jackhollingsworth.com\">email me</a>, lets talk photography!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>When did you catch the iPhoneography bug and what makes the craft special to you?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy favorite term to use for the iPhoneography movement is ‘zeitgeist’ – a defining spirit or mood of the times. The iPhone in general (and iPhoneography in particular) is redefining the landscape and state of mind about photography. All over the world. Among pros and amateurs alike. And it’s not just changing the conversation about photography. More importantly, it’s changing where that conversation takes place. A paradigm shift and sea change of huge proportions and implications.\r\n\r\nI’m generally not obsessed with gear. Never have been. Until the iPhone 4. Call me crazy, but I bet, when all is said and done, that the iPhone, as a camera capture device will go down in photographic history as the most influencing and game-changing device ever manufactured. I believe that.\r\n\r\nMy discovery of iPhoneography is relatively recent. I was on a recent commercial shoot in the Caribbean and realized, almost serendipitously, that my iPhone, under certain lighting conditions, could take photos that rivaled the tools in my traditional camera bag. That momentary epiphany has since turned into full-blown concentration, engrossment and absorption (I see many of you smiling!) I would refer to it as a ‘rebirth’ or an ‘awakening’. Possibly even a ‘resurrection’ of sorts. A ‘rejuvenation’ of the grandest kind.I love iPhone photography, as art & science, more than anything I have embraced in my career. The experience of a capture device, in the palm of my hand, that allows me to shoot everything, from the vernacular to the spectacular…nothing short of revolutionary. \r\n\r\nThis craft is very special. It’s special technology. A special community. And indeed, a very special art form!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh9.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography? For casual photographers, and for professional photographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith the imminent release of the iPhone 5 and the new IOS 5 operating system, we are on the cusp of an explosion in iPhoneography, like you have never seen or imagined. I see nothing but unapologetic excitement and anticipation for those embracing this magical art form. The ranks of prosumers are about to blow up. Casual iPhoneographers will only get better over time and experience. Professional photographers, generally not considered early adopters, will slowly but steadily embrace this technology. \r\n\r\nThe iTunes app store, with about 500,000 apps available, is now boasting over 7,500 photo apps alone. And will continue to experience meteoric rise and popularity among the masses. There are 7 billion people on this planet; 5 billion of them have cell phones. Do the math! That\'s a heck of a lot of apps! We’ll surely continue to see a mushrooming of products, services and subscriptions to specifically cater to iPhoneographers – this will go far beyond gear and apps and into ebooks, webinars, podcasts, community sites, international collectives, training programs, workshops, photo tours.  \r\n\r\niPhoneography is no fleetingfad. It’s not a gimmick. Or some short-lived contrivance. It’s a legitimate movement, with an electrifying, worldwide fan base that we have only begun to see the fruits and meteoric growth of. Personally, I can’t wait to continue to play a small part in this metamorphosing photographic shakedown and shake up. I’m psyched! How can anyone not be? I now, finally, after 30 years of shooting, have the power in my hand to visually share my life’s journey. I can shoot, process and share with a global audience – hungry to receive. This is probably the greatest time in history to be alive and shooting…as a photographer. Seize the day!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"402\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh7.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What is the inspiration behind your textures and objects series?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhile I own over 100 photo apps (don’t tell my wife), I constantly use less than a dozen in my ‘go-to’ took kit. My philosophy here is that it’s better to master a small number of useful apps. And know those apps intimately well. Rather than have just a surface knowledge of lots and lots of apps.\r\n\r\nWithout a doubt, the most used app in my tool kit (and my personal favorite) is Camera+. I use it to shoot with. And use it to process with. I’ve become quite a pro at understanding and using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+.\r\n\r\nLike I mentioned earlier in this interview, I come from the traditional photography space. So, as you might expect, I’m more enamored with and enchanted by creating ‘classic’ photos. This isn’t at all a disparaging comment on those that love apps. I love apps too and use them often, but it all starts with creating a beautiful photo. Think photography first. Apping second.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography, as I see it, is equally embracing all tenets of experience – shooting, processing, sharing. And while I love the ‘apping’ part of the equation, I find myself way more tantalized and enraptured by the ‘capture’ part - the shooting itself. Maybe that’s an influence from my traditional background.I’m not sure. But what I am quite sure of is that my iPhone 4, even with it’s limitations, and under bright lighting conditions, is an equal competitor to my expensive DSLR rigs. And, I might add, a lot more fun to shoot with.\r\n\r\nIn my DSLR work, I have always been pretty light-handed in post processing. In my iPhoneography work, I take a few more ‘processing’ liberties to get what I want.  It’s all good! Some iPhoneographers are fantastic at the capture part. Some are brilliant at apping and processing. Some, on the other hand, are better at community evangelism and sharing. It takes a village!\r\n\r\nInterestingly, my inspiration for iPhoneography comes from the same sacred place as my inspiration for my commercial DSLR work - my heart. It’s not about looking.  It’s about seeing. It’s not about gear, but about visual style. Putting your own visual thumbprint on life. It’s not so much about what you know but how you feel. And how to translate t hose feelings into powerful works of art that inspire, rouse, move, stir, ignite!\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Selection of Shots from Jack\'s Texture Series</em></center>\r\n[postgallery_image height=\"348\" width=\"500\" id=\"0\"  undefined slidesetid=\"jackh\"  align=\"aligncenter\" animation=\"fade\" tween=\"linear\"       /]\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks do you use to get your very nice HDR-like photos without the typical HDR challenges?</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are several popular HDR apps on the market, namely ProHDR and TrueHDR. I own and like both, but I rarely use them.\r\n\r\nMost of the HDR-looking photos you are seeing here are some combination of using the ‘clarity’ preset in Camera+ as well as the ‘HDR’ preset (with slider control percentages dialed way down – also in Camera+).\r\n\r\nAlways remember, the magic starts with a good photo. Proper apping makes good photos better ones. And sometimes even great ones. But it rarely works in reverse.  Don’t use apps to cover up bad or substandard photography.\r\n\r\nI don’t think of myself as an ‘HDR” photographer at all. I’m a photographer that uses HDR in my tool kit to create remarkable photos. It’s that simple.\r\n\r\nAnother app (along with Camera+) that I frequently use is Dynamic Light. This app also has some great slider controls to allow you to finesse an image so it looks perfect to your style, and it gives a nice HDR look and feel.\r\n\r\nSometimes I preplan and pre-visualize what app I’m going to use – before I take the shot. And then other times, I just wing it and end up pleasantly surprised (or disappointed) when I get to the app stage. The iPhone 4 isn’t a particularly good device for capturing low-light images (even with a tripod). So I find that the best subjects are those that are well lit and in bright light – landmarks, scenics, portraits, travel, street, flowers, food, family.\r\n\r\nAs long as I can remember, I have always been preoccupied with mentally taking pictures throughout the day – events, emotion, detail, color, shadow, juxtaposition, beauty, design. Now, with the iPhone in my palm, I have the opportunity to record these visual reflections. And not just record them for my own pleasure, but share them (easily) with a global audience.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nTalk about mesmerizing!\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us about your iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nThanks for asking. It seems like I have more than I can keep up with! Here’s a rundown of what I currently have going on.\r\n\r\nPocket Shooters (podcast)\r\nI am in the final planning stage of a new podcast series with Frederick Van Johnson (guru behind TWIP, called PocketShooters. 30-minute episodes. Bi-weekly.  Content dedicated to iPhoneography. October launch.\r\n\r\nCommercial iPhoneography Site\r\nI’m working with the brilliant Erik Lot at FluidGalleries to create a commercial iPhone Photography site to sell my iPhoneography services to the public.\r\n(show screen shot)\r\n\r\nTumblr Blog (iPhoneography)\r\nHopefully, before the end of the year, I’ll have my new Tumblr site up and running. The site will chronicle my journey with iPhoneography.\r\n\r\nIPhoneography Photo Tours\r\nI’m working with several other iPhoneographers and technologists to develop a really cool series of international photo tours. Aimed exclusively at iPhoneographers.\r\n\r\nEbook\r\n100 tips, tricks and techniques to taking your iPhone photography to the next level. Publication date – January 2012.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Jack\'s photos on Instagram <a href=\"http://inkstagram.com/#/users/2439781/photos\" title=\"Jack Hollingsworth Instagram Inkstagram Feed\">@jackhollingsworth</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/jackh8.jpg\"  ]\r\n','iPhoneography With Jack Hollingsworth ','','inherit','open','open','','5155-revision-22','','','2011-09-16 13:46:26','2011-09-16 13:46:26','',5155,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5155-revision-22.html',0,'revision','',0),